SC Series Standard Cylinder (Tie-Rod Type)

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ50X150-50

  Specifications: SCJ50X150-50 — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 50 mm bore, 150 mm nominal stroke, 50 mm adjustment option, without magnet, TPU seal option and PT1/4 working ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 50 50 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 150 150 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 50 50 mm adjustment-stroke option No magnet suffix Without built-in magnet No mounting suffix Basic mounting No seal-material suffix TPU seal option No thread suffix PT1/4 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ50X150-50 Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 50 mm Nominal stroke 150 mm; Catalog standard stroke Adjustment stroke 50 mm adjustment option, not a second powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder; Airtac enterprise-standard family design Magnetic piston Without magnet; magnetic sensors require an S cylinder Mounting selection Basic mounting Seal option TPU; basic O-ring materials are family references Port thread PT1/4; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air; 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; match controls to load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 20 mm / M16×1.5 Sensor selection Magnetic sensing requires an S cylinder; a sensor adds no magnet Estimated cylinder weight 2128 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. Confirm actual travel, stop setting and end positions; the adjustment code alone does not specify usable travel. Check cushioning at the setting; strokes shorter than 21 mm cannot provide full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ provides double-acting through-rod motion and stroke adjustment. Family references: aluminium-alloy barrel and covers with tie rods, compact bidirectional grease-retaining piston seal, adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Confirm the ordered cylinder for the 150 °C special-seal feature; this TPU configuration remains −20 to 70 °C. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions: mm except threads; magnetic/nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. Drawing lengths do not guarantee the installed/moving envelope. Check clearance for both rods, adjustment, mounts, rod joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 544 mm = 194 + 2 × 150 + 50 Body face span: AC + stroke 243 mm = 93 + 150 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 229 mm = 29 + 150 + 50 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 79 mm = 29 + 50 Body width × height 62 × 62 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6×1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 47 × 47 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 20 mm; E = M16×1.5; EA = 32 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 38; MA = 15; AB = 57; DA = 42; F = 23; FA = 8; H = 17 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 17; PB = 8.5 mm; P = PT1/4 Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Mounting: basic, LB, FA or TC with TCM1; match load direction and motion. Listed parts do not imply included supply/quantity. Confirm assembly and support quantities for seller-defined TC+TCM1. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC50LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC50FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC50TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SC40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M16X150I I-type rod-end joint; 312 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 16; ND = 64; NE = 82; NF = 32; NG = 23; NH = M16×1.5; NM = 16. F-M16X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; 367.5 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 32; NC = 16; ND = 64; NP = 32; NQ = 80; NM = 16; NH = M16×1.5; PA = 39; PB = 32.8. F-M16X150F Floating joint; 543 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 90; MB = 27; MC = 10; MD = 41; ME = 44.5; MF = 19; MG = 8; MH = 17; MI/MJ = M16×1.5; MK = 7°. F-M16X150U Spherical rod-end joint; 204 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 15; PB = 40; PC = 16; PD = 28; PE = 64; PF = 84; PG = M16×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 27; PJ = 22; PK = 21. The rod-end choices use M16×1.5. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. MK is floating-joint angular compensation. PH is the spherical-joint angle. Carbon-steel classification does not specify all subcomponents/finishes. Add only supplied accessory mass. The floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Verify genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts by exact model, seal and production revision. Drawing numbers and bore size are not service ordering codes. This nonmagnetic configuration has no built-in magnet. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 1649.34 mm² = π / 4 × (50² − 20²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 824.67 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s, subject to cylinder speed limits; not guaranteed payload/structural safety factors Equal-diameter through-rod calculation. Size for annular area, load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; bore alone does not determine speed/payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/4 piping torque: 6–8 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference Materials below are basic SC-family references. Not a complete SCJ double-rod/adjustment-mechanism BOM. Item numbers identify drawing references, not service codes; verify parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Not included in the nonmagnetic configuration 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: Fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1200 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Confirm ordering/delivery of other non-listed strokes. Match travel and clearance to the actual adjustment; it is not a powered stage. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distributor main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ02,BZ02-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic valve-exhaust silencer PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC separate inline flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ50 working ports using PT1/4 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M16×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT1/4; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-02. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 1/4-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC20008: separate two-female-PT1/4-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S: separate upstream PT1/4 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Size flow for the SCJ annular area and actual load; no achieved speed is guaranteed. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A21008; double control 4A22008. 4V PT: single control 4V21008B; double control 4V22008B. 5V PT: single control 5V21008B050; double control 5V22008B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SCJ mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. SCJ has two working ports and equal-diameter rods. Size flow using its annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure; a general bore-based chart does not guarantee SCJ speed.

  Read more less

  $145.14

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ50X200-30S

  Specifications: SCJ50X200-30S — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 50 mm bore, 200 mm nominal stroke, 30 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and PT1/4 working ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 50 50 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 200 200 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 30 30 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston No mounting suffix Basic mounting No seal-material suffix TPU seal option No thread suffix PT1/4 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ50X200-30S Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 50 mm Nominal stroke 200 mm; Catalog standard stroke Adjustment stroke 30 mm adjustment option, not a second powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder; Airtac enterprise-standard family design Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Basic mounting Seal option TPU; basic O-ring materials are family references Port thread PT1/4; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air; 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; match controls to load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 20 mm / M16×1.5 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 2434 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. Confirm actual travel, stop setting and end positions; the adjustment code alone does not specify usable travel. Check cushioning at the setting; strokes shorter than 21 mm cannot provide full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ provides double-acting through-rod motion and stroke adjustment. Family references: aluminium-alloy barrel and covers with tie rods, compact bidirectional grease-retaining piston seal, adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Confirm the ordered cylinder for the 150 °C special-seal feature; this TPU configuration remains −20 to 70 °C. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions: mm except threads; magnetic/nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. Drawing lengths do not guarantee the installed/moving envelope. Check clearance for both rods, adjustment, mounts, rod joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 624 mm = 194 + 2 × 200 + 30 Body face span: AC + stroke 293 mm = 93 + 200 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 259 mm = 29 + 200 + 30 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 59 mm = 29 + 30 Body width × height 62 × 62 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6×1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 47 × 47 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 20 mm; E = M16×1.5; EA = 32 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 38; MA = 15; AB = 57; DA = 42; F = 23; FA = 8; H = 17 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 17; PB = 8.5 mm; P = PT1/4 Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Mounting: basic, LB, FA or TC with TCM1; match load direction and motion. Listed parts do not imply included supply/quantity. Confirm assembly and support quantities for seller-defined TC+TCM1. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC50LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC50FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC50TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SC40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M16X150I I-type rod-end joint; 312 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 16; ND = 64; NE = 82; NF = 32; NG = 23; NH = M16×1.5; NM = 16. F-M16X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; 367.5 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 32; NC = 16; ND = 64; NP = 32; NQ = 80; NM = 16; NH = M16×1.5; PA = 39; PB = 32.8. F-M16X150F Floating joint; 543 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 90; MB = 27; MC = 10; MD = 41; ME = 44.5; MF = 19; MG = 8; MH = 17; MI/MJ = M16×1.5; MK = 7°. F-M16X150U Spherical rod-end joint; 204 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 15; PB = 40; PC = 16; PD = 28; PE = 64; PF = 84; PG = M16×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 27; PJ = 22; PK = 21. The rod-end choices use M16×1.5. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. MK is floating-joint angular compensation. PH is the spherical-joint angle. Carbon-steel classification does not specify all subcomponents/finishes. Add only supplied accessory mass. The floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Verify genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts by exact model, seal and production revision. Drawing numbers and bore size are not service ordering codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 1649.34 mm² = π / 4 × (50² − 20²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 824.67 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s, subject to cylinder speed limits; not guaranteed payload/structural safety factors Equal-diameter through-rod calculation. Size for annular area, load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; bore alone does not determine speed/payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/4 piping torque: 6–8 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference Materials below are basic SC-family references. Not a complete SCJ double-rod/adjustment-mechanism BOM. Item numbers identify drawing references, not service codes; verify parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: Fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1200 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Confirm ordering/delivery of other non-listed strokes. Match travel and clearance to the actual adjustment; it is not a powered stage. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC50SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC50SH SCJ50 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ50 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC402,PC402D,PC402-S,PC402D-S; 6 mm OD: PC602,PC602D,PC602-S,PC602D-S; 8 mm OD: PC802,PC802D,PC802-S,PC802D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1002,PC1002D,PC1002-S,PC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1202,PC1202D,PC1202-S,PC1202D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC402,POC402D,POC402-S,POC402D-S; 6 mm OD: POC602,POC602D,POC602-S,POC602D-S; 8 mm OD: POC802,POC802D,POC802-S,POC802D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1002,POC1002D,POC1002-S,POC1002D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1202,POC1202D,POC1202-S,POC1202D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL402,PL402D,PL402-S,PL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PL602,PL602D,PL602-S,PL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PL802,PL802D,PL802-S,PL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1002,PL1002D,PL1002-S,PL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1202,PL1202D,PL1202-S,PL1202D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL402,PLL402D,PLL402-S,PLL402D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL602,PLL602D,PLL602-S,PLL602D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL802,PLL802D,PLL802-S,PLL802D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1002,PLL1002D,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1202,PLL1202D,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB402,PEB402D,PEB402-S,PEB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB602,PEB602D,PEB602-S,PEB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB802,PEB802D,PEB802-S,PEB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1002,PEB1002D,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1202,PEB1202D,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED402,PED402D,PED402-S,PED402D-S; 6 mm OD: PED602,PED602D,PED602-S,PED602D-S; 8 mm OD: PED802,PED802D,PED802-S,PED802D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1002,PED1002D,PED1002-S,PED1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1202,PED1202D,PED1202-S,PED1202D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB402,PYB402D,PYB402-S,PYB402D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB602,PYB602D,PYB602-S,PYB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB802,PYB802D,PYB802-S,PYB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1002,PYB1002D,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1202,PYB1202D,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH602,PH602D,PH602-S,PH602D-S; 8 mm OD: PH802,PH802D,PH802-S,PH802D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1002,PH1002D,PH1002-S,PH1002D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF602,PHF602D,PHF602-S,PHF602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF802,PHF802D,PHF802-S,PHF802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1002,PHF1002D,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW602,PHW602D,PHW602-S,PHW602D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW802,PHW802D,PHW802-S,PHW802D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1002,PHW1002D,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB602,PZB602D,PZB602-S,PZB602D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB802,PZB802D,PZB802-S,PZB802D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1002,PZB1002D,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D-S PKD reducing distributor main 8 / branch 6 mm OD: PKD8-602,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC402; 6 mm OD: BPC602; 8 mm OD: BPC802; 10 mm OD: BPC1002; 12 mm OD: BPC1202 BPOC metal round straight 6 mm OD: BPOC602; 8 mm OD: BPOC802; 10 mm OD: BPOC1002 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0204,BB0204-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ02,BZ02-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL02,BSL02-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM02,BSLM02-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL02,BESL02-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL02,PAL02D PALM miniature plastic valve-exhaust silencer PALM02,PALM02D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL602A,PSL602AD,PSL602B,PSL602BD,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL802A,PSL802AD,PSL802B,PSL802BD,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1002A,PSL1002AD,PSL1002B,PSL1002BD,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS602A,PSS602AD,PSS602B,PSS602BD,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS802A,PSS802AD,PSS802B,PSS802BD,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSS1002A,PSS1002AD,PSS1002B,PSS1002BD,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD; 8 mm OD: PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4D,PSA4-S,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 ASC separate inline flow control female PT1/4: ASC20008 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT1/4: GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S US98A/UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ50 working ports using PT1/4 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M16×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT1/4; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-02 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-02. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 1/4-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.16 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC20008: separate two-female-PT1/4-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S: separate upstream PT1/4 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Size flow for the SCJ annular area and actual load; no achieved speed is guaranteed. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A21008; double control 4A22008. 4V PT: single control 4V21008B; double control 4V22008B. 5V PT: single control 5V21008B050; double control 5V22008B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SCJ mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. SCJ has two working ports and equal-diameter rods. Size flow using its annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure; a general bore-based chart does not guarantee SCJ speed.

  Read more less

  $166.07

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ80X200-30S

  Specifications: SCJ80X200-30S — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 80 mm bore, 200 mm nominal stroke, 30 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and PT3/8 working ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 80 80 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 200 200 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 30 30 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston No mounting suffix Basic mounting No seal-material suffix TPU seal option No thread suffix PT3/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ80X200-30S Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 80 mm Nominal stroke 200 mm; Catalog standard stroke Adjustment stroke 30 mm adjustment option, not a second powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder; Airtac enterprise-standard family design Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Basic mounting Seal option TPU; basic O-ring materials are family references Port thread PT3/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air; 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; match controls to load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 28 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 25 mm / M20×1.5 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 4877 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. Confirm actual travel, stop setting and end positions; the adjustment code alone does not specify usable travel. Check cushioning at the setting; strokes shorter than 28 mm cannot provide full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ provides double-acting through-rod motion and stroke adjustment. Family references: aluminium-alloy barrel and covers with tie rods, compact bidirectional grease-retaining piston seal, adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Confirm the ordered cylinder for the 150 °C special-seal feature; this TPU configuration remains −20 to 70 °C. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions: mm except threads; magnetic/nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. Drawing lengths do not guarantee the installed/moving envelope. Check clearance for both rods, adjustment, mounts, rod joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 668.5 mm = 238.5 + 2 × 200 + 30 Body face span: AC + stroke 307 mm = 107 + 200 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 265.5 mm = 35.5 + 200 + 30 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 65.5 mm = 35.5 + 30 Body width × height 94 × 94 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M10×1.5 (K), 17 mm deep (KA); 70 × 70 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 25 mm; E = M20×1.5; EA = 40 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 47; MA = 21; AB = 75; DA = 54; F = 26; FA = 10; H = 22 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 33; AE = 33; PA = 19.5; PB = 10 mm; P = PT3/8 Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Mounting: basic, LB, FA or TC with TCM1; match load direction and motion. Listed parts do not imply included supply/quantity. Confirm assembly and support quantities for seller-defined TC+TCM1. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC80LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC80FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC80TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SC80TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M20X150I I-type rod-end joint; 608 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 20; ND = 80; NE = 102; NF = 40; NG = 30; NH = M20×1.5; NM = 20. F-M20X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; 860 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 44.4; NC = 20; ND = 80; NP = 40; NQ = 101; NM = 20; NH = M20×1.5; PA = 53.4; PB = 45.2. F-M20X150F Floating joint; 865 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 102; MB = 29; MC = 13; MD = 46; ME = 53; MF = 22; MG = 10; MH = 22; MI/MJ = M20×1.5; MK = 10°. F-M20X150U Spherical rod-end joint; 370 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 18; PB = 46; PC = 20; PD = 33; PE = 77; PF = 100; PG = M20×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 34; PJ = 30; PK = 25. The rod-end choices use M20×1.5. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. MK is floating-joint angular compensation. PH is the spherical-joint angle. Carbon-steel classification does not specify all subcomponents/finishes. Add only supplied accessory mass. The floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Verify genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts by exact model, seal and production revision. Drawing numbers and bore size are not service ordering codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 4535.67 mm² = π / 4 × (80² − 25²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 2267.84 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s, subject to cylinder speed limits; not guaranteed payload/structural safety factors Equal-diameter through-rod calculation. Size for annular area, load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; bore alone does not determine speed/payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT3/8 piping torque: 8–10 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference Materials below are basic SC-family references. Not a complete SCJ double-rod/adjustment-mechanism BOM. Item numbers identify drawing references, not service codes; verify parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: Fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1500 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Confirm ordering/delivery of other non-listed strokes. Match travel and clearance to the actual adjustment; it is not a powered stage. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC80SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC80SH SCJ80 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ80 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 6 mm OD: PC603,PC603D,PC603-S,PC603D-S; 8 mm OD: PC803,PC803D,PC803-S,PC803D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1003,PC1003D,PC1003-S,PC1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1203,PC1203D,PC1203-S,PC1203D-S PL elbow 6 mm OD: PL603,PL603D,PL603-S,PL603D-S; 8 mm OD: PL803,PL803D,PL803-S,PL803D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1003,PL1003D,PL1003-S,PL1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1203,PL1203D,PL1203-S,PL1203D-S PLL extended elbow 6 mm OD: PLL603,PLL603D,PLL603-S,PLL603D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL803,PLL803D,PLL803-S,PLL803D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1003,PLL1003D,PLL1003-S,PLL1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1203,PLL1203D,PLL1203-S,PLL1203D-S PEB branch tee 6 mm OD: PEB603,PEB603D,PEB603-S,PEB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB803,PEB803D,PEB803-S,PEB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1003,PEB1003D,PEB1003-S,PEB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1203,PEB1203D,PEB1203-S,PEB1203D-S PED run tee 6 mm OD: PED603,PED603D,PED603-S,PED603D-S; 8 mm OD: PED803,PED803D,PED803-S,PED803D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1003,PED1003D,PED1003-S,PED1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1203,PED1203D,PED1203-S,PED1203D-S PYB Y fitting 6 mm OD: PYB603,PYB603D,PYB603-S,PYB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB803,PYB803D,PYB803-S,PYB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1003,PYB1003D,PYB1003-S,PYB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1203,PYB1203D,PYB1203-S,PYB1203D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH603,PH603D,PH603-S,PH603D-S; 8 mm OD: PH803,PH803D,PH803-S,PH803D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1003,PH1003D,PH1003-S,PH1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PH1203,PH1203D,PH1203-S,PH1203D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF603,PHF603D,PHF603-S,PHF603D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF803,PHF803D,PHF803-S,PHF803D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1003,PHF1003D,PHF1003-S,PHF1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PHF1203,PHF1203D,PHF1203-S,PHF1203D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW603,PHW603D,PHW603-S,PHW603D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW803,PHW803D,PHW803-S,PHW803D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1003,PHW1003D,PHW1003-S,PHW1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PHW1203,PHW1203D,PHW1203-S,PHW1203D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB603,PZB603D,PZB603-S,PZB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB803,PZB803D,PZB803-S,PZB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1003,PZB1003D,PZB1003-S,PZB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PZB1203,PZB1203D,PZB1203-S,PZB1203D-S POC round straight 8 mm OD: POC803,POC803D,POC803-S,POC803D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1003,POC1003D,POC1003-S,POC1003D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1203,POC1203D,POC1203-S,POC1203D-S PKD reducing distributor main 10 / branch 8 mm OD: PKD10-803,PKD10-803D,PKD10-803-S,PKD10-803D-S BPC metal straight 6 mm OD: BPC603; 8 mm OD: BPC803; 10 mm OD: BPC1003; 12 mm OD: BPC1203 BPOC metal round straight 10 mm OD: BPOC1003; 12 mm OD: BPOC1203 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-03,BKC0604-03-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-03,BKC0805-03-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-03,BKC0806-03-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-03,BKC1065-03-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-03,BKC1075-03-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-03,BKC1208-03-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-03,BKC1209-03-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0303,BB0303-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0304,BB0304-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-S; other end female PT1/4: BD0203,BD0203-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ03,BZ03-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL03,BSL03-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM03,BSLM03-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL03,BESL03-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL03,PAL03D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL603A,PSL603AD,PSL603B,PSL603BD,PSL603A-S,PSL603AD-S,PSL603B-S,PSL603BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL803A,PSL803AD,PSL803B,PSL803BD,PSL803A-S,PSL803AD-S,PSL803B-S,PSL803BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1003A,PSL1003AD,PSL1003B,PSL1003BD,PSL1003A-S,PSL1003AD-S,PSL1003B-S,PSL1003BD-S; 12 mm OD: PSL1203A,PSL1203AD,PSL1203B,PSL1203BD,PSL1203A-S,PSL1203AD-S,PSL1203B-S,PSL1203BD-S PSS universal flow control 10 mm OD: PSS1003A,PSS1003AD,PSS1003B,PSS1003BD,PSS1003A-S,PSS1003AD-S,PSS1003B-S,PSS1003BD-S; 12 mm OD: PSS1203A,PSS1203AD,PSS1203B,PSS1203BD,PSS1203A-S,PSS1203AD-S,PSS1203B-S,PSS1203BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL603A,PTL603AD,PTL603B,PTL603BD; 8 mm OD: PTL803A,PTL803AD,PTL803B,PTL803BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1003A,PTL1003AD,PTL1003B,PTL1003BD; 12 mm OD: PTL1203A,PTL1203AD,PTL1203B,PTL1203BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A/UE95A PU tubing 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline flow control two female PT3/8: ASC30010 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT3/8: GAFR30010S,GAFR40010S Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ80 working ports using PT3/8 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M20×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT3/8; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-03 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-03. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 3/8-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.24 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC30010: separate two-female-PT3/8-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR30010S,GAFR40010S: separate upstream PT3/8 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Size flow for the SCJ annular area and actual load; no achieved speed is guaranteed. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A31010; double control 4A32010. 4V PT: single control 4V31010B; double control 4V32010B. 5V PT: single control 5V31010B050; double control 5V32010B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 30010: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 30010 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 3/8, A/B 3/8, R/S 1/4. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. US98A tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; US98A160110100MBU: 16 × 11 mm, minimum bend radius 80 mm; burst reference 3 MPa at 23 °C is not working pressure; reference mass 10.03 kg/100 m. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SCJ mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. The 16 × 11 mm tube is documented, but a complete 16 mm fitting/control connection path is not established here. Do not substitute smaller fittings or infer another tube ordering code. SCJ has two working ports and equal-diameter rods. Size flow using its annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure; a general bore-based chart does not guarantee SCJ speed.

  Read more less

  $306.28

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X125-100

  Specifications: SCJ32X125-100 — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 125 mm nominal stroke, 100 mm adjustment option, without magnet, TPU seal option and PT1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: basic mounting. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 125 125 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 100 100 mm adjustment-stroke option No magnet suffix Without built-in magnet No mounting suffix Basic mounting No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU No thread suffix PT1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X125-100 Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 125 mm; Catalog standard stroke Adjustment stroke 100 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston Without magnet; magnetic sensors require an S cylinder Mounting selection Basic mounting Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread PT1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection A sensor alone does not add a magnetic piston; select an S cylinder for magnetic detection Estimated cylinder weight 1011 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 532 mm = 182 + 2 × 125 + 100 Body face span: AC + stroke 218 mm = 93 + 125 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 252 mm = 27 + 125 + 100 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 127 mm = 27 + 100 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = PT1/8 Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. This nonmagnetic configuration has no built-in magnet. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Not included in the nonmagnetic configuration 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 4 mm OD: PC401,PC401D,PC401-M,PC401D-M,PC401-S,PC401D-S; 6 mm OD: PC601,PC601D,PC601-M,PC601D-M,PC601-S,PC601D-S; 8 mm OD: PC801,PC801D,PC801-S,PC801D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1001,PC1001D,PC1001-S,PC1001D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1201,PC1201D,PC1201-S,PC1201D-S POC round straight 4 mm OD: POC401,POC401D,POC401-S,POC401D-S; 6 mm OD: POC601,POC601D,POC601-S,POC601D-S; 8 mm OD: POC801,POC801D,POC801-S,POC801D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1001,POC1001D,POC1001-S,POC1001D-S PL elbow 4 mm OD: PL401,PL401D,PL401-M,PL401D-M,PL401-S,PL401D-S; 6 mm OD: PL601,PL601D,PL601-M,PL601D-M,PL601-S,PL601D-S; 8 mm OD: PL801,PL801D,PL801-S,PL801D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1001,PL1001D,PL1001-S,PL1001D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1201,PL1201D,PL1201-S,PL1201D-S PLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: PLL401,PLL401D,PLL401-S,PLL401D-S; 6 mm OD: PLL601,PLL601D,PLL601-S,PLL601D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL801,PLL801D,PLL801-S,PLL801D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1001,PLL1001D,PLL1001-S,PLL1001D-S PH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: PH401,PH401D,PH401-S,PH401D-S; 6 mm OD: PH601,PH601D,PH601-S,PH601D-S; 8 mm OD: PH801,PH801D,PH801-S,PH801D-S PHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: PHF401,PHF401D,PHF401-S,PHF401D-S; 6 mm OD: PHF601,PHF601D,PHF601-S,PHF601D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF801,PHF801D,PHF801-S,PHF801D-S PHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: PHW401,PHW401D,PHW401-S,PHW401D-S; 6 mm OD: PHW601,PHW601D,PHW601-S,PHW601D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW801,PHW801D,PHW801-S,PHW801D-S PEB branch tee 4 mm OD: PEB401,PEB401D,PEB401-S,PEB401D-S; 6 mm OD: PEB601,PEB601D,PEB601-S,PEB601D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB801,PEB801D,PEB801-S,PEB801D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1001,PEB1001D,PEB1001-S,PEB1001D-S PED run tee 4 mm OD: PED401,PED401D,PED401-S,PED401D-S; 6 mm OD: PED601,PED601D,PED601-S,PED601D-S; 8 mm OD: PED801,PED801D,PED801-S,PED801D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1001,PED1001D,PED1001-S,PED1001D-S PYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: PYB401,PYB401D,PYB401-S,PYB401D-S; 6 mm OD: PYB601,PYB601D,PYB601-S,PYB601D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB801,PYB801D,PYB801-S,PYB801D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1001,PYB1001D,PYB1001-S,PYB1001D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB601,PZB601D,PZB601-S,PZB601D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB801,PZB801D,PZB801-S,PZB801D-S BPC metal straight 4 mm OD: BPC401; 6 mm OD: BPC601; 8 mm OD: BPC801; 10 mm OD: BPC1001 BPOC metal round straight 4 mm OD: BPOC401; 6 mm OD: BPOC601; 8 mm OD: BPOC801 PKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: PKD6-401,PKD6-401D,PKD6-401-S,PKD6-401D-S BKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: BKC0425-01,BKC0425-01-S; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-01,BKC0604-01-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-01,BKC0805-01-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-01,BKC0806-01-S BB male–male adapter PT1/8: BB0101,BB0101-S; PT1/4: BB0102,BB0102-S; PT3/8: BB0103,BB0103-S BZ unused auxiliary port plug BZ01,BZ01-S Threaded valve-exhaust silencers BSL01,BSLM01,BESL01,PAL01,PAL01D,PALM01,PALM01D,BSL01-S,BSLM01-S,BESL01-S PSL elbow flow control 4 mm OD: PSL401A,PSL401AD,PSL401B,PSL401BD,PSL401A-S,PSL401AD-S,PSL401B-S,PSL401BD-S; 6 mm OD: PSL601A,PSL601AD,PSL601B,PSL601BD,PSL601A-S,PSL601AD-S,PSL601B-S,PSL601BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL801A,PSL801AD,PSL801B,PSL801BD,PSL801A-S,PSL801AD-S,PSL801B-S,PSL801BD-S PSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: PSS601A,PSS601AD,PSS601B,PSS601BD,PSS601A-S,PSS601AD-S,PSS601B-S,PSS601BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSS801A,PSS801AD,PSS801B,PSS801BD,PSS801A-S,PSS801AD-S,PSS801B-S,PSS801BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL601A,PTL601AD,PTL601B,PTL601BD,PTL601A-M,PTL601AD-M,PTL601B-M,PTL601BD-M; 8 mm OD: PTL801A,PTL801AD,PTL801B,PTL801BD; 4 mm OD: PTL401A-M,PTL401AD-M,PTL401B-M,PTL401BD-M PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006 GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006S Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual PT1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. PHF: male and extra female PT1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. BKC/BB/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. BKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. BB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. BZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. PTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; BESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006S: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. PT1/8 examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050, 4V11006B, 4V12006B, 4V21006B, 4V22006B, 4A11006, 4A12006, 4A21006, 4A22006. Valve P/A/B and R/S are PT1/8 in these06 examples. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $94.67

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ63X50-50

  Specifications: SCJ63X50-50 — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 63 mm bore, 50 mm nominal stroke, 50 mm adjustment option, without magnet, TPU seal option and PT3/8 working ports. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 63 63 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 50 50 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 50 50 mm adjustment-stroke option No magnet suffix Without built-in magnet No mounting suffix Basic mounting No seal-material suffix TPU seal option No thread suffix PT3/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ63X50-50 Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 63 mm Nominal stroke 50 mm; Catalog standard stroke Adjustment stroke 50 mm adjustment option, not a second powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder; Airtac enterprise-standard family design Magnetic piston Without magnet; magnetic sensors require an S cylinder Mounting selection Basic mounting Seal option TPU; basic O-ring materials are family references Port thread PT3/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air; 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; match controls to load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance +1 / 0 mm Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 20 mm / M16×1.5 Sensor selection Magnetic sensing requires an S cylinder; a sensor adds no magnet Estimated cylinder weight 1844 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. Confirm actual travel, stop setting and end positions; the adjustment code alone does not specify usable travel. Check cushioning at the setting; strokes shorter than 21 mm cannot provide full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ provides double-acting through-rod motion and stroke adjustment. Family references: aluminium-alloy barrel and covers with tie rods, compact bidirectional grease-retaining piston seal, adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Confirm the ordered cylinder for the 150 °C special-seal feature; this TPU configuration remains −20 to 70 °C. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions: mm except threads; magnetic/nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. Drawing lengths do not guarantee the installed/moving envelope. Check clearance for both rods, adjustment, mounts, rod joints, fittings and sensors. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 347 mm = 197 + 2 × 50 + 50 Body face span: AC + stroke 146 mm = 96 + 50 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 129 mm = 29 + 50 + 50 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 79 mm = 29 + 50 Body width × height 75 × 75 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M8×1.25 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 56 × 56 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 20 mm; E = M16×1.5; EA = 32 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 38; MA = 15; AB = 57; DA = 42; F = 23; FA = 8; H = 17 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 15.5; PB = 9.5 mm; P = PT3/8 Mounting and Rod-End Accessories Mounting: basic, LB, FA or TC with TCM1; match load direction and motion. Listed parts do not imply included supply/quantity. Confirm assembly and support quantities for seller-defined TC+TCM1. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC63LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC63FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC63TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SC40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M16X150I I-type rod-end joint; 312 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 16; ND = 64; NE = 82; NF = 32; NG = 23; NH = M16×1.5; NM = 16. F-M16X150Y Y-type rod-end joint; 367.5 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NA = 32; NC = 16; ND = 64; NP = 32; NQ = 80; NM = 16; NH = M16×1.5; PA = 39; PB = 32.8. F-M16X150F Floating joint; 543 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 90; MB = 27; MC = 10; MD = 41; ME = 44.5; MF = 19; MG = 8; MH = 17; MI/MJ = M16×1.5; MK = 7°. F-M16X150U Spherical rod-end joint; 204 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 15; PB = 40; PC = 16; PD = 28; PE = 64; PF = 84; PG = M16×1.5; PH = 15°; PI = 27; PJ = 22; PK = 21. The rod-end choices use M16×1.5. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles. MK is floating-joint angular compensation. PH is the spherical-joint angle. Carbon-steel classification does not specify all subcomponents/finishes. Add only supplied accessory mass. The floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Verify genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts by exact model, seal and production revision. Drawing numbers and bore size are not service ordering codes. This nonmagnetic configuration has no built-in magnet. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 2803.09 mm² = π / 4 × (63² − 20²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 1401.54 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s, subject to cylinder speed limits; not guaranteed payload/structural safety factors Equal-diameter through-rod calculation. Size for annular area, load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; bore alone does not determine speed/payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT3/8 piping torque: 8–10 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference Materials below are basic SC-family references. Not a complete SCJ double-rod/adjustment-mechanism BOM. Item numbers identify drawing references, not service codes; verify parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Not included in the nonmagnetic configuration 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: Fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1500 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Confirm ordering/delivery of other non-listed strokes. Match travel and clearance to the actual adjustment; it is not a powered stage. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled PC straight 6 mm OD: PC603,PC603D,PC603-S,PC603D-S; 8 mm OD: PC803,PC803D,PC803-S,PC803D-S; 10 mm OD: PC1003,PC1003D,PC1003-S,PC1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PC1203,PC1203D,PC1203-S,PC1203D-S PL elbow 6 mm OD: PL603,PL603D,PL603-S,PL603D-S; 8 mm OD: PL803,PL803D,PL803-S,PL803D-S; 10 mm OD: PL1003,PL1003D,PL1003-S,PL1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PL1203,PL1203D,PL1203-S,PL1203D-S PLL extended elbow 6 mm OD: PLL603,PLL603D,PLL603-S,PLL603D-S; 8 mm OD: PLL803,PLL803D,PLL803-S,PLL803D-S; 10 mm OD: PLL1003,PLL1003D,PLL1003-S,PLL1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PLL1203,PLL1203D,PLL1203-S,PLL1203D-S PEB branch tee 6 mm OD: PEB603,PEB603D,PEB603-S,PEB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PEB803,PEB803D,PEB803-S,PEB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PEB1003,PEB1003D,PEB1003-S,PEB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PEB1203,PEB1203D,PEB1203-S,PEB1203D-S PED run tee 6 mm OD: PED603,PED603D,PED603-S,PED603D-S; 8 mm OD: PED803,PED803D,PED803-S,PED803D-S; 10 mm OD: PED1003,PED1003D,PED1003-S,PED1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PED1203,PED1203D,PED1203-S,PED1203D-S PYB Y fitting 6 mm OD: PYB603,PYB603D,PYB603-S,PYB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PYB803,PYB803D,PYB803-S,PYB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PYB1003,PYB1003D,PYB1003-S,PYB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PYB1203,PYB1203D,PYB1203-S,PYB1203D-S PH banjo elbow 6 mm OD: PH603,PH603D,PH603-S,PH603D-S; 8 mm OD: PH803,PH803D,PH803-S,PH803D-S; 10 mm OD: PH1003,PH1003D,PH1003-S,PH1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PH1203,PH1203D,PH1203-S,PH1203D-S PHF female-branch banjo 6 mm OD: PHF603,PHF603D,PHF603-S,PHF603D-S; 8 mm OD: PHF803,PHF803D,PHF803-S,PHF803D-S; 10 mm OD: PHF1003,PHF1003D,PHF1003-S,PHF1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PHF1203,PHF1203D,PHF1203-S,PHF1203D-S PHW twin banjo 6 mm OD: PHW603,PHW603D,PHW603-S,PHW603D-S; 8 mm OD: PHW803,PHW803D,PHW803-S,PHW803D-S; 10 mm OD: PHW1003,PHW1003D,PHW1003-S,PHW1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PHW1203,PHW1203D,PHW1203-S,PHW1203D-S PZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: PZB603,PZB603D,PZB603-S,PZB603D-S; 8 mm OD: PZB803,PZB803D,PZB803-S,PZB803D-S; 10 mm OD: PZB1003,PZB1003D,PZB1003-S,PZB1003D-S; 12 mm OD: PZB1203,PZB1203D,PZB1203-S,PZB1203D-S POC round straight 8 mm OD: POC803,POC803D,POC803-S,POC803D-S; 10 mm OD: POC1003,POC1003D,POC1003-S,POC1003D-S; 12 mm OD: POC1203,POC1203D,POC1203-S,POC1203D-S PKD reducing distributor main 10 / branch 8 mm OD: PKD10-803,PKD10-803D,PKD10-803-S,PKD10-803D-S BPC metal straight 6 mm OD: BPC603; 8 mm OD: BPC803; 10 mm OD: BPC1003; 12 mm OD: BPC1203 BPOC metal round straight 10 mm OD: BPOC1003; 12 mm OD: BPOC1203 BKC compression fitting 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: BKC0604-03,BKC0604-03-S; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: BKC0805-03,BKC0805-03-S; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: BKC0806-03,BKC0806-03-S; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: BKC1065-03,BKC1065-03-S; 10 × 7.5 or 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1075-03,BKC1075-03-S; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: BKC1208-03,BKC1208-03-S; 12 × 9 or 10 mm OD × ID: BKC1209-03,BKC1209-03-S BB male–male adapter other end male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S; other end male PT1/4: BB0203,BB0203-S; other end male PT3/8: BB0303,BB0303-S; other end male PT1/2: BB0304,BB0304-S BD male–female adapter other end female PT1/8: BD0103,BD0103-S; other end female PT1/4: BD0203,BD0203-S BZ unused auxiliary plug BZ03,BZ03-S BSL valve-exhaust silencer BSL03,BSL03-S BSLM miniature valve-exhaust silencer BSLM03,BSLM03-S BESL adjustable valve-exhaust silencer BESL03,BESL03-S PAL plastic valve-exhaust silencer PAL03,PAL03D PSL elbow flow control 6 mm OD: PSL603A,PSL603AD,PSL603B,PSL603BD,PSL603A-S,PSL603AD-S,PSL603B-S,PSL603BD-S; 8 mm OD: PSL803A,PSL803AD,PSL803B,PSL803BD,PSL803A-S,PSL803AD-S,PSL803B-S,PSL803BD-S; 10 mm OD: PSL1003A,PSL1003AD,PSL1003B,PSL1003BD,PSL1003A-S,PSL1003AD-S,PSL1003B-S,PSL1003BD-S; 12 mm OD: PSL1203A,PSL1203AD,PSL1203B,PSL1203BD,PSL1203A-S,PSL1203AD-S,PSL1203B-S,PSL1203BD-S PSS universal flow control 10 mm OD: PSS1003A,PSS1003AD,PSS1003B,PSS1003BD,PSS1003A-S,PSS1003AD-S,PSS1003B-S,PSS1003BD-S; 12 mm OD: PSS1203A,PSS1203AD,PSS1203B,PSS1203BD,PSS1203A-S,PSS1203AD-S,PSS1203B-S,PSS1203BD-S PTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: PTL603A,PTL603AD,PTL603B,PTL603BD; 8 mm OD: PTL803A,PTL803AD,PTL803B,PTL803BD; 10 mm OD: PTL1003A,PTL1003AD,PTL1003B,PTL1003BD; 12 mm OD: PTL1203A,PTL1203AD,PTL1203B,PTL1203BD PSA tube-to-tube flow control 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6D,PSA6-S,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8D,PSA8-S,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10D,PSA10-S,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12D,PSA12-S,PSA12D-S GPSA tube-to-tube flow control 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA valve-exhaust plug-in silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A/UE95A PU tubing 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline flow control two female PT3/8: ASC30010 GAFR upstream filter/regulator female PT3/8: GAFR30010S,GAFR40010S Separate options; no included-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ63 working ports using PT3/8 fittings and the specified seal; check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loading. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable. The M16×1.5 rod thread is not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tubing: exact OD, plus ID for compression. Where offered: D=black, blank=grey, -M=miniature. -S identifies specified stainless-304 parts, not an all-stainless assembly. PHF has male RA and extra female RB, both PT3/8; connect or seal RB as designed. RB is not a tube socket. Tees/Y/cross/distributors must not bridge chambers or unrelated controls. Push-in fittings, direct/threadless controls and listed silencers: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. BPC/BPOC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa. BKC/BB/BD/BZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa. Using the general cylinder reference −20–70 °C, 0–150 °C parts limit the assembly to 0–70 °C or narrower. Obey lower valve/tube/sensor limits; component vacuum data do not rate the cylinder assembly. Install threads with the body hex, not the locking nut; insert tubing fully before tightening. BKC0806-03 accepts 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm; 8 × 5 mm needs BKC0805-03. BB/BD use one thread standard: BB male–male, BD male–female; other ends are labelled in the table. Match its gender/size and flow; no cross-thread conversion. BZ closes permitted unused auxiliary ports only, never active cylinder ports. At the cylinder, A meters thread→tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B meters tube→cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double action; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed, open slowly; closed leakage is allowed, so these are not shutoffs. PTL caps on 3/8-port variants: adjustment reference: 0.24 N·m, not pipe-thread torque. Never force caps/end stops. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA are metric tube-to-tube controls, no A/B suffixes; match both ODs and the body check/throttle symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. Silencers: separate valve exhaust only. Match its actual thread, flow and backpressure; not cylinder-port fittings, inlet filters or shutoffs. BESL adjusts backpressure. PPA6/8/10/12 use plain metric stems in matching sockets: POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C; 25 dB at 0.5 MPa is a catalog test, not an onsite noise promise. PPA has no D or thread suffix. ASC30010: separate two-female-PT3/8-port inline control; needs male fittings. Follow P/A and the check/throttle symbol. 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C and 40 µm-or-finer filtered air; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa before lower limits. Rated flow does not guarantee cylinder speed. GAFR30010S,GAFR40010S: separate upstream PT3/8 filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round gauge, no reverse-flow valve. Inlet ≤1 MPa, setting 0.15–0.9 MPa, −5–70 °C non-freezing. Respect IN/OUT, flow/pressure loss, condensate, bowl environment and all downstream limits; not a cylinder fitting or vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A examples: blue 100 m coils, not supplied cut lengths. Rated 1 MPa at 23 °C, temperature derating required: US98A −20–70 °C, UE95A −40–70 °C. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow; thinner low-pressure tubes are not equivalent. Size flow for the SCJ annular area and actual load; no achieved speed is guaranteed. Separate Directional-Valve and Tube Examples 4A PT: single control 4A21008, 4A31008, 4A31010; double control 4A22008, 4A32008, 4A32010. 4V PT: single control 4V21008B, 4V31008B, 4V31010B; double control 4V22008B, 4V32008B, 4V32010B. 5V PT: single control 5V21008B050, 5V31008B050, 5V31010B050; double control 5V22008B050, 5V32008B050, 5V32010B050. All listed B versions use DC24V. 4V has DIN entry and internal pilot; 5V has 0.5 m leads (050) and internal pilot. 4A has single/double pneumatic control, external pilot supply and no coil. 4A configurations 20008/30008/30010: single control has one PT1/8 pilot port, double has two; confirm pilot threads on G versions. 20008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 1/4, A/B 1/4, R/S 1/8; 30008 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P/A/B/R/S 1/4; 30010 (PT: 4A/4V/5V): P 3/8, A/B 3/8, R/S 1/4. Port dimensions use the PT/G thread assigned above; choose each endpoint independently. These separately piped valve examples are not direct cylinder fittings or included parts. Operating range: 0.15–0.8 MPa, −20 to 70 °C, 40 µm filtration. Confirm flow, load, pilot supply and exhaust backpressure; apply all lower component limits. UN54D flame-resistant tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; UN54D080050100MBU: 8 × 5 mm, minimum bend radius 18 mm; UN54D100065100MBU: 10 × 6.5 mm, minimum bend radius 20 mm. US98A tubing: 1 MPa at 23 °C, -20 to 70 °C; US98A160110100MBU: 16 × 11 mm, minimum bend radius 80 mm; burst reference 3 MPa at 23 °C is not working pressure; reference mass 10.03 kg/100 m. All are blue 100 m coils; derate pressure above 23 °C. UN54D flame-resistant does not mean fireproof. Match exact OD, ID, tube compatibility and bend radius; PA6/PA12 sizes 8 × 5 and 10 × 6.5 mm are not established here. M5 and 4M NAMUR references have their own valve connections and are not direct SCJ mounting accessories. No unverified direct adapter or complete kit is specified. The 16 × 11 mm tube is documented, but a complete 16 mm fitting/control connection path is not established here. Do not substitute smaller fittings or infer another tube ordering code. SCJ has two working ports and equal-diameter rods. Size flow using its annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure; a general bore-based chart does not guarantee SCJ speed.

  Read more less

  $147.66

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1996-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1996-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1996 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1996 1996 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1996-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1996 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6883 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4184 mm = 182 + 2 × 1996 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2089 mm = 93 + 1996 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2033 mm = 27 + 1996 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2089 mm = 93 + 1996 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1044.5 mm = (93 + 1996) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2089 mm = 93 + 1996 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1044.5 mm = (93 + 1996) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $460.68

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1998-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1998-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1998 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1998 1998 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1998-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1998 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6889 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4188 mm = 182 + 2 × 1998 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2091 mm = 93 + 1998 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2035 mm = 27 + 1998 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2091 mm = 93 + 1998 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1045.5 mm = (93 + 1998) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2091 mm = 93 + 1998 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1045.5 mm = (93 + 1998) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $461.01

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1966-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1966-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1966 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1966 1966 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1966-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1966 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6787 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4124 mm = 182 + 2 × 1966 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2059 mm = 93 + 1966 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2003 mm = 27 + 1966 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2059 mm = 93 + 1966 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1029.5 mm = (93 + 1966) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2059 mm = 93 + 1966 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1029.5 mm = (93 + 1966) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $455.69

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1980-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1980-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1980 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1980 1980 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1980-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1980 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6832 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4152 mm = 182 + 2 × 1980 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2073 mm = 93 + 1980 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2017 mm = 27 + 1980 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2073 mm = 93 + 1980 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1036.5 mm = (93 + 1980) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2073 mm = 93 + 1980 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1036.5 mm = (93 + 1980) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $457.94

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1962-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1962-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1962 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1962 1962 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1962-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1962 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6775 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4116 mm = 182 + 2 × 1962 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2055 mm = 93 + 1962 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 1999 mm = 27 + 1962 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2055 mm = 93 + 1962 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1027.5 mm = (93 + 1962) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2055 mm = 93 + 1962 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1027.5 mm = (93 + 1962) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $455.03

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1973-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1973-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1973 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1973 1973 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1973-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1973 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6810 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4138 mm = 182 + 2 × 1973 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2066 mm = 93 + 1973 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2010 mm = 27 + 1973 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2066 mm = 93 + 1973 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1033 mm = (93 + 1973) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2066 mm = 93 + 1973 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1033 mm = (93 + 1973) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $456.90

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X2000-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X2000-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 2000 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 2000 2000 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X2000-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 2000 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6895 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4192 mm = 182 + 2 × 2000 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2093 mm = 93 + 2000 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2037 mm = 27 + 2000 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2093 mm = 93 + 2000 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1046.5 mm = (93 + 2000) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2093 mm = 93 + 2000 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1046.5 mm = (93 + 2000) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $461.31

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1941-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1941-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1941 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1941 1941 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1941-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1941 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6708 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4074 mm = 182 + 2 × 1941 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2034 mm = 93 + 1941 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 1978 mm = 27 + 1941 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2034 mm = 93 + 1941 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1017 mm = (93 + 1941) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2034 mm = 93 + 1941 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1017 mm = (93 + 1941) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $451.58

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1992-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1992-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1992 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1992 1992 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1992-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1992 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6870 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4176 mm = 182 + 2 × 1992 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2085 mm = 93 + 1992 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2029 mm = 27 + 1992 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2085 mm = 93 + 1992 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1042.5 mm = (93 + 1992) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2085 mm = 93 + 1992 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1042.5 mm = (93 + 1992) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $460.02

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1976-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1976-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1976 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1976 1976 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1976-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1976 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6819 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4144 mm = 182 + 2 × 1976 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2069 mm = 93 + 1976 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2013 mm = 27 + 1976 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2069 mm = 93 + 1976 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1034.5 mm = (93 + 1976) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2069 mm = 93 + 1976 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1034.5 mm = (93 + 1976) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $457.31

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1982-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1982-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1982 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1982 1982 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1982-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1982 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6838 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4156 mm = 182 + 2 × 1982 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2075 mm = 93 + 1982 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2019 mm = 27 + 1982 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2075 mm = 93 + 1982 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1037.5 mm = (93 + 1982) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2075 mm = 93 + 1982 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1037.5 mm = (93 + 1982) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $458.27

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1997-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1997-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1997 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1997 1997 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1997-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1997 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6886 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4186 mm = 182 + 2 × 1997 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2090 mm = 93 + 1997 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2034 mm = 27 + 1997 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2090 mm = 93 + 1997 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1045 mm = (93 + 1997) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2090 mm = 93 + 1997 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1045 mm = (93 + 1997) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $460.76

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1981-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1981-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1981 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1981 1981 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1981-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1981 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6835 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4154 mm = 182 + 2 × 1981 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2074 mm = 93 + 1981 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2018 mm = 27 + 1981 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2074 mm = 93 + 1981 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1037 mm = (93 + 1981) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2074 mm = 93 + 1981 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1037 mm = (93 + 1981) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $458.18

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1975-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1975-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1975 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1975 1975 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1975-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1975 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6816 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4142 mm = 182 + 2 × 1975 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2068 mm = 93 + 1975 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2012 mm = 27 + 1975 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2068 mm = 93 + 1975 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1034 mm = (93 + 1975) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2068 mm = 93 + 1975 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1034 mm = (93 + 1975) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $457.20

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1947-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1947-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1947 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1947 1947 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1947-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1947 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6727 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4086 mm = 182 + 2 × 1947 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2040 mm = 93 + 1947 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 1984 mm = 27 + 1947 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2040 mm = 93 + 1947 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1020 mm = (93 + 1947) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2040 mm = 93 + 1947 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1020 mm = (93 + 1947) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $452.54

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1970-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1970-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1970 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1970 1970 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1970-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1970 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6800 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4132 mm = 182 + 2 × 1970 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2063 mm = 93 + 1970 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2007 mm = 27 + 1970 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2063 mm = 93 + 1970 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1031.5 mm = (93 + 1970) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2063 mm = 93 + 1970 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1031.5 mm = (93 + 1970) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $456.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1979-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1979-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1979 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1979 1979 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1979-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1979 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6829 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4150 mm = 182 + 2 × 1979 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2072 mm = 93 + 1979 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2016 mm = 27 + 1979 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2072 mm = 93 + 1979 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1036 mm = (93 + 1979) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2072 mm = 93 + 1979 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1036 mm = (93 + 1979) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $457.85

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1991-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1991-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1991 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1991 1991 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1991-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1991 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6867 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4174 mm = 182 + 2 × 1991 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2084 mm = 93 + 1991 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2028 mm = 27 + 1991 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2084 mm = 93 + 1991 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1042 mm = (93 + 1991) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2084 mm = 93 + 1991 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1042 mm = (93 + 1991) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $459.80

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac SCJ series: adjustable double-rod cylinder - SCJ32X1967-10STCTCM1G

  Specifications: SCJ32X1967-10STCTCM1G — Airtac SCJ double-rod, double-acting stroke-adjustable tie-rod cylinder; 32 mm bore, 1967 mm nominal stroke, 10 mm adjustment option, with magnet, TPU seal option and G1/8 working ports. Mounting configuration: trunnion mount with support. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For product dimensions and mounting drawings, download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model Code Explained Code Meaning SCJ Double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke 32 32 mm bore X Separator before nominal stroke 1967 1967 mm nominal stroke - Separator before adjustment stroke 10 10 mm adjustment-stroke option S Magnetic piston TCTCM1 Seller-defined TC + TCM1 package identifier: F-SC32TC trunnion mount with F-SI40TCM1 support; not a factory concatenated suffix No seal-material suffix TPU option; this does not make every internal seal TPU G G1/8 working ports Technical Specifications Parameter Value Model SCJ32X1967-10STCTCM1G Action Double acting, double rod, adjustable stroke Bore 32 mm Nominal stroke 1967 mm; Non-standard order within the catalog allowable-stroke range; confirm order conditions Adjustment stroke 10 mm option; not a second independently powered stroke Construction Tie-rod cylinder to Airtac enterprise standard Magnetic piston With magnet; sensors separately selected Mounting selection Trunnion mount with support Seal option TPU; individual basic O-ring materials are listed as family references Port thread G1/8; two working air ports Working medium Clean compressed air filtered through 40 µm or finer filtration Operating pressure 0.15–1.0 MPa (1.5–10 bar; approximately 22–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (15 bar); not the continuous operating pressure Operating temperature −20 to 70 °C; avoid freezing condensate Piston speed 30–800 mm/s; select controls for actual load, piping and adjustment Nominal-stroke tolerance Not specified for this stroke in the catalog tolerance table; confirm the ordered tolerance Cushioning Adjustable pneumatic cushioning; 21 mm nominal cushion-stroke reference Rod diameter / end thread 12 mm / M10 × 1.25 Sensor selection CMSG, DMSG or EMSG G-profile sensor with the specified tie-rod holder Estimated cylinder weight 6791 g; engineering reference, not measured shipping weight Engineering weight estimate using the same-bore SC catalog as a baseline plus an equivalent extra-rod allowance with representative steel density. The adjustment mechanism, changed covers and internal details are not separately mass-resolved. Mounts, rod-end joints, sensors, fittings and packaging are excluded. This is not an official SCJ net mass or a measured shipping weight; no error bound is established. Use the actual weighed assembly for handling and shipping. The adjustment-stroke code does not by itself establish a guaranteed usable-travel interval. Confirm the required adjusted travel, stop setting and end positions for the application. Verify cushioning effectiveness at the actual setting; a stroke shorter than 21 mm cannot provide the full nominal cushion travel. Features and Operation SCJ combines double-acting through-rod motion with a stroke-adjustment mechanism. The aluminium-alloy barrel and covers are joined by tie rods. The family design uses a compact bidirectional piston seal with grease retention and adjustable pneumatic cushioning. Choose the mounting, nominal stroke and adjustment option for the required motion. Allow clearance for both protruding rods and the adjuster. The catalog’s 150 °C special-seal feature requires confirmation of the complete ordered cylinder; it does not change this TPU configuration’s −20 to 70 °C rating. External and Mounting Dimensions Dimensions are in mm except threads. Magnetic and nonmagnetic basic dimensions are equal. The following lengths are SCJ drawing references, not a guaranteed installed or moving envelope. Check both rod ends, adjustment setting, mounts, rod-end joints, fittings and sensor clearances against the drawing. Parameter Value Overall drawing reference: A + 2 × stroke + adjustment 4126 mm = 182 + 2 × 1967 + 10 Body face span: AC + stroke 2060 mm = 93 + 1967 Rear drawing span: DB + stroke + adjustment 2004 mm = 27 + 1967 + 10 Rear adjustment reference: DB + adjustment 37 mm = 27 + 10 Body width × height 45 × 45 mm (□B) Mounting holes 8 × M6 × 1.0 (K), 14.5 mm deep (KA); 33 × 33 mm centers (□KB) Rod diameter / end thread D = 12 mm; E = M10 × 1.25; EA = 22 mm Front locating and local geometry M = 28; MA = 15; AB = 47; DA = 32; F = 17; FA = 6; H = 10 mm Cover / port local geometry AD = 27.5; AE = 27.5; PA = 14; PB = 5.5 mm; P = G1/8 Parameter Value Selected accessory TC: Trunnion mount; part F-SC32TC Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2060 mm = 93 + 1967 Accessory dimensions (mm) EB = 87; ED = 33; EE = 55; EP = 16 Accessory dimensions (mm) ET = 22; I = 17; S = 45 Trunnion center from body face 1030 mm = (93 + 1967) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces Selected accessory TCM1: Trunnion support; part F-SI40TCM1 Material Ductile cast iron C + stroke 2060 mm = 93 + 1967 Accessory dimensions (mm) HA = 100; HB = 75; HE = 90; HF = 71 Accessory dimensions (mm) HP = 12; HQ = 16; HR = 87; HT = 11 Accessory dimensions (mm) HJ = 54 Trunnion center from body face 1030 mm = (93 + 1967) / 2; illustrated midpoint between body faces These are the compatible accessory and body-related dimensions. Use the separate SCJ overall formula for cylinder length. TC must be ordered with the cylinder, matched to TCM1 and installed at the specified position; its position is not arbitrarily adjustable. Download and refer to the PDF catalog for the full dimension lines and mounting views. Mounting and Rod-End Accessories The SCJ mounting choices are basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1. Select for the actual load direction and motion; listing a part does not establish included supply or quantity. For the seller-defined TC+TCM1 package, confirm the supplied assembly and support quantities. Part / assembly code Application and reference F-SC32LB Foot mount; Carbon steel F-SC32FA Front flange; Aluminium alloy F-SC32TC Trunnion mount; Ductile cast iron; order with the cylinder and match TCM1 F-SI40TCM1 Trunnion support; Ductile cast iron F-M10X125I I-type rod-end joint; 75 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: NC = 10; ND = 40; NE = 50; NF = 15; NG = 20; NH = M10×1.25; NM = 10. F-M10X125Y Y-type rod-end joint; 86 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: A = 52; B = 40; C = 20; D = 19; F = 18; E = M10×1.25; G = 25; H = 10; I = 10. F-M10X125F Floating joint; 107 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: MA = 58; MB = 22; MC = 7; MD = 21; ME = 26; MF = 11; MG = 6; MH = 10; MI/MJ = M10×1.25; MK = 12°. F-M10X125U Spherical rod-end joint; 69 g catalog reference. Drawing dimensions: PA = 11; PB = 26; PC = 10; PD = 20; PE = 43; PF = 56; PG = M10×1.25; PH = 13°; PI = 19; PJ = 17; PK = 14. The rod-end choices use M10 × 1.25. Dimensions are in mm except threads and angles; MK is floating-joint angular compensation and PH is the spherical-joint angle. The carbon-steel category does not specify every subcomponent or finish. Add mass only for accessories actually supplied; the floating-joint radial-offset note for M6 and smaller does not apply. Confirm genuine SCJ seal kits, wear rings, guide bushings, nuts, covers and adjustment parts against the exact model, seal material and production revision. Drawing item numbers and bore size do not establish complete orderable service codes. Replacement magnets concern magnetic configurations only. Force and Circuit Selection Parameter Value Ideal effective area, both directions 691.15 mm² = π / 4 × (32² − 12²) Calculated force at 0.5 MPa, both directions 345.58 N Force calculation Force (N) = annular pressure area (mm²) × pressure (MPa), before friction, backpressure and dynamic losses Load-ratio guidance Up to 0.7 at static/low speed, 0.5 at 50–500 mm/s and 0.3 above 500 mm/s; not a guaranteed payload or structural safety factor These calculated references use equal-diameter through-rod geometry. Circuit sizing must account for annular area, actual load, adjusted travel, line losses, valve flow and exhaust backpressure; a bore alone does not guarantee a speed or payload. Installation and Maintenance Qualified staff must select, install and service the system. Guard both moving rod ends and secure the cylinder, loads and attachments. Before service or adjustment, isolate air and electricity, vent pressure and secure motion. Design safe responses to air/power loss, emergency stops and restart. Check protection from corrosive gas, chemicals, solvents, salt, water or steam, explosive atmospheres, vibration, radiant heat and sunlight. Protect sliding surfaces from damage, dust, humidity, splashes, oil and coolant. Prevent condensate freezing; external magnetic fields may disturb magnetic sensing. Use clean, dry, purified compressed air. Remove water, particles, oxidized oil, tar and carbon; filter to 40 µm or finer. Confirm suitability for other fluids and synthetic-oil contaminants. Excessively dry air may shorten life unless the component is designed for it. Factory lubrication normally needs no added oil. Once oil is introduced, continue additive-free ISO-VG32 turbine oil; incompatible oil may swell seals. The guide gives oil mist ≤25 mg/m³ and 0.5–5 drops per 1000 L. Size the lubricator for actual flow and avoid excess oil. Blow pipes clean; start sealing tape 1.5–2 threads back to keep fragments out. Use suitable flame-resistant or metal tube near hot spatter. Check each tube’s pressure, temperature, OD, ID and bend radius; generic nylon/PU advice cannot override its rating. PT1/8 piping torque: 5–7 N·m with the specified mating connection; not a G/NPT installation or sensor-adjustment torque. Use speed controls at both working ports; start closed and open slowly. Meter-out commonly stabilizes motion and reduces startup runout. Adjust cushioning gradually for the load and speed, avoiding impact, rebound or forcing its screw. High mass or speed may need engineered deceleration or an external absorber. Air compressibility and leakage prevent assuming precise prolonged intermediate stopping with a closed-center valve or precise cylinder synchronization. Verify the adjusted travel, mechanical stop setting, available cushioning, air consumption and clearances for the actual application. Align rod and load motion and provide independent guidance against side load, bending and torque. Check long-rod buckling, sag and vibration; support long spans and limit unsupported lever arms. Use a suitable TC pivot arrangement for swinging motion rather than forcing a rigid LB mount. Check bracket loads and flange orientation. During long storage, operate periodically and prevent corrosion, following the air-quality and lubrication requirements. Internal Components — Family Reference The catalog’s SC-family material drawing provides the basic references below. It is not a complete SCJ double-rod and adjustment-mechanism bill of materials. Item numbers are drawing references, not separate service ordering codes; verify actual replacement parts for the production revision. Family drawing item Basic material reference 1 — Rod-end nut Carbon steel 2 — Piston rod S45C hard-chrome-plated ground rod 3 — Front-cover O-ring TPU 4 — Guide bushing Wear-resistant material 5 — Front cover Aluminium alloy 6 — Cushion O-ring NBR 7 — Cushion seal TPU 8 — Cylinder barrel Aluminium alloy 9 — Piston Aluminium alloy 10 — Piston-rod O-ring NBR 11 — Piston O-ring NBR 12 — Magnet Plastic magnet; magnetic configuration only 13 — Wear ring Wear-resistant material 14 — Hex-socket screw Carbon steel 15 — Rear cover Aluminium alloy 16 — Tie rod Carbon steel 17 — Tie-rod nut Carbon steel Series Ordering Options Parameter Value Series identity SCJ: double-rod, double-acting cylinder with adjustable stroke Adjustment-stroke options 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 mm; second numeric slot after the hyphen Magnet No suffix: without magnet; S: magnetic piston Seal material No suffix: TPU; H: fluororubber; N: NBR. This product uses the blank-code TPU option. Mounting Basic, LB, FA or TC with matching TCM1; TC+TCM1 package identifiers are seller-defined Thread options PT, G and NPT; match the complete ordered port and fitting thread Standard nominal strokes 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 mm Catalog nominal-stroke limits Maximum stroke 1000 mm; allowable stroke 2000 mm Nominal strokes of 1600 mm and above are non-standard orders within the allowable range. Other non-listed strokes also require order and delivery confirmation. The adjustment code is not an independent powered stage; select actual travel and mechanical clearance with the required adjustment setting. Magnetic Sensors and Connection Leads This S cylinder accepts G-profile DMSG, CMSG and miniature EMSG sensors using the matching F-SC32SH tie-rod holder. Sensors, holders and mating leads are separately ordered; select the output and load circuit. The following permitted codes do not guarantee inventory or included supply. Sensor / separate accessory Complete ordering choices DMSG two-wire standard: DMSG-020,DMSG-030,DMSG-050,DMSG-100,DMSG-M08,DMSG-M08010,DMSG-M08020,DMSG-M08030,DMSG-M12,DMSG-M12010,DMSG-M12020,DMSG-M12030; W: DMSG-020-W,DMSG-030-W,DMSG-050-W,DMSG-100-W; A05: A05-DMSG-020,A05-DMSG-030,A05-DMSG-050,A05-DMSG-100; A06: A06-DMSG-020,A06-DMSG-030,A06-DMSG-050,A06-DMSG-100 DMSG NPN three-wire standard: DMSG-N020,DMSG-N030,DMSG-N050,DMSG-N100,DMSG-NM08,DMSG-NM08010,DMSG-NM08020,DMSG-NM08030,DMSG-NM12,DMSG-NM12010,DMSG-NM12020,DMSG-NM12030; W: DMSG-N020-W,DMSG-N030-W,DMSG-N050-W,DMSG-N100-W DMSG PNP three-wire standard: DMSG-P020,DMSG-P030,DMSG-P050,DMSG-P100,DMSG-PM08,DMSG-PM08010,DMSG-PM08020,DMSG-PM08030,DMSG-PM12,DMSG-PM12010,DMSG-PM12020,DMSG-PM12030; W: DMSG-P020-W,DMSG-P030-W,DMSG-P050-W,DMSG-P100-W EMSG two-wire standard: EMSG-020,EMSG-030,EMSG-050,EMSG-100,EMSG-M08,EMSG-M08010,EMSG-M08020,EMSG-M08030,EMSG-M12,EMSG-M12010,EMSG-M12020,EMSG-M12030; W: EMSG-020-W,EMSG-030-W,EMSG-050-W,EMSG-100-W; A05: A05-EMSG-020,A05-EMSG-030,A05-EMSG-050,A05-EMSG-100; A06: A06-EMSG-020,A06-EMSG-030,A06-EMSG-050,A06-EMSG-100 CMSG two-wire standard: CMSG-020,CMSG-030,CMSG-050,CMSG-100,CMSG-M08,CMSG-M08010,CMSG-M08020,CMSG-M08030,CMSG-M12,CMSG-M12010,CMSG-M12020,CMSG-M12030; H: CMSG-020-H,CMSG-030-H,CMSG-050-H,CMSG-100-H,CMSG-M08-H,CMSG-M08010-H,CMSG-M08020-H,CMSG-M08030-H,CMSG-M12-H,CMSG-M12010-H,CMSG-M12020-H,CMSG-M12030-H; A05: A05-CMSG-020,A05-CMSG-030,A05-CMSG-050,A05-CMSG-100 F-SC32SH SCJ32 tie-rod sensor holder; one per selected sensor unless the actual kit specifies otherwise. Sensor count is not determined by S. M8 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM08B020; 3 m: F-ECM08B030; 5 m: F-ECM08B050; 10 m: F-ECM08B100 M8 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM08C020; 3 m: F-ECM08C030; 5 m: F-ECM08C050; 10 m: F-ECM08C100 M12 female lead, 2 wires 2 m: F-ECM12B020; 3 m: F-ECM12B030; 5 m: F-ECM12B050; 10 m: F-ECM12B100 M12 female lead, 3 wires 2 m: F-ECM12C020; 3 m: F-ECM12C030; 5 m: F-ECM12C050; 10 m: F-ECM12C100 Electrical selection Limits and conditions DMSG/EMSG two-wire 10–28 V DC; load 2.5–100 mA; capacity ≤2.8 W; internal current ≤3 mA; residual voltage ≤3.5 V; leakage ≤0.06 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. DMSG NPN/PNP three-wire 5–30 V DC; switching ≤30 V, ≤200 mA, ≤6 W; internal current ≤5 mA; residual voltage ≤0.7 V; leakage ≤0.01 mA; switching ≤1000 Hz. CMSG reed two-wire 5–240 V AC/DC; ≤100 mA, ≤10 W, ≤200 Hz. No internal/leakage current or protection circuit. Standard residual voltage ≤2.5 V at DC 100 mA; H has no residual voltage or indicator. Sensor environment All listed sensors: 50 G impact reference. DMSG/EMSG have reverse-polarity and transient protection; EMSG also has overheat protection. Standard temperatures −10–70 °C; CMSG-H −10–125 °C. The SCJ32 TPU cylinder remains −20–70 °C, so the ordinary sensor-equipped system is limited to −10–70 °C or narrower. Direct-lead 020/030/050/100 means 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 are M8/M12 male quick connectors with 0.5 m lead; M08010/020/030 and M12010/020/030 have 1/2/3 m leads. These lengths are unrelated to cylinder stroke. Two-wire is the blank output; N and P are NPN and PNP. Standard/A05 DMSG and EMSG are IP64; direct W and A06 are IP68. Quick connectors do not have W. All CMSG versions are IP64. A05 is high-flex robot cable; A06 is oil-resistant high-flex. A05/A06 direct leads have a 19 mm minimum bend radius. Industry versions are two-wire and direct-lead only; CMSG A05 has no H, and no A06 CMSG choice is listed. These are not explosion-proof or permanent-immersion approvals. For a quick connector, match M8/M12 and B two-wire/C three-wire female leads to the sensor. Two-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. Three-wire pins: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Direct-lead sensors need no quick mating cable. Cable temperature, IP and voltage ratings are not independently given here; do not transfer sensor-body ratings to the complete cable assembly or raise the cylinder temperature because a CMSG-H is selected. Seat the holder on the tie rod against the barrel, place the sensor near the middle of its switching range and verify clearance and signal. Sensor fastening torque is recommended at 0.15–0.20 N·m, maximum 0.25 N·m; it is not cylinder-bolt or air-port torque. Connect the load before applying power and follow the selected two-wire/NPN/PNP diagram. Two-wire sensors require a series load, not a direct connection across the supply. Maintain insulation and separate signal from power/high-voltage cables. Avoid pulling or repeated flexing, impacts, strong magnetic fields, iron chips, current surges and abrupt temperature changes. Protect against water, oil and welding spatter; inspect mounting, cables and switching periodically. Connection and Tube-Side Options Separately selected component Complete ordering codes; tube dimensions as labelled GPC straight 6 mm OD: GPC601,GPC601D; 8 mm OD: GPC801,GPC801D; 10 mm OD: GPC1001,GPC1001D; 12 mm OD: GPC1201,GPC1201D GPL elbow 6 mm OD: GPL601,GPL601D; 8 mm OD: GPL801,GPL801D; 10 mm OD: GPL1001,GPL1001D; 12 mm OD: GPL1201,GPL1201D GPC miniature straight 4 mm OD: GPC401-M,GPC401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPC601-M,GPC601D-M GPL miniature elbow 4 mm OD: GPL401-M,GPL401D-M; 6 mm OD: GPL601-M,GPL601D-M GPLL extended elbow 4 mm OD: GPLL401,GPLL401D; 6 mm OD: GPLL601,GPLL601D; 8 mm OD: GPLL801,GPLL801D; 10 mm OD: GPLL1001,GPLL1001D GPEB branch tee 4 mm OD: GPEB401,GPEB401D; 6 mm OD: GPEB601,GPEB601D; 8 mm OD: GPEB801,GPEB801D; 10 mm OD: GPEB1001,GPEB1001D GPED run tee 4 mm OD: GPED401,GPED401D; 6 mm OD: GPED601,GPED601D; 8 mm OD: GPED801,GPED801D; 10 mm OD: GPED1001,GPED1001D GPYB Y fitting 4 mm OD: GPYB401,GPYB401D; 6 mm OD: GPYB601,GPYB601D; 8 mm OD: GPYB801,GPYB801D; 10 mm OD: GPYB1001,GPYB1001D GPH banjo elbow 4 mm OD: GPH401,GPH401D; 6 mm OD: GPH601,GPH601D; 8 mm OD: GPH801,GPH801D GPHF female-branch banjo 4 mm OD: GPHF401,GPHF401D; 6 mm OD: GPHF601,GPHF601D; 8 mm OD: GPHF801,GPHF801D GPHW twin banjo 4 mm OD: GPHW401,GPHW401D; 6 mm OD: GPHW601,GPHW601D; 8 mm OD: GPHW801,GPHW801D GPZB cross fitting 6 mm OD: GPZB601,GPZB601D; 8 mm OD: GPZB801,GPZB801D GPKD reducing distribution fitting main 6 / branch 4 mm OD: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D GBPC metal straight 4 mm OD: GBPC401; 6 mm OD: GBPC601; 8 mm OD: GBPC801; 10 mm OD: GBPC1001 GBKC compression fitting 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0425-01; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: GBKC0604-01; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: GBKC0805-01; 8 × 5.5 or 6 mm OD × ID: GBKC0806-01 GBB male–male adapter male G1/8: GBB0101; male G1/4: GBB0102; male G3/8: GBB0103 GBZ unused auxiliary port plug GBZ01 Threaded valve-exhaust silencers GBSL01,GBSLM01,GBESL01 GPTL push-lock flow control 6 mm OD: GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD; 8 mm OD: GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD GPSS universal flow control 6 mm OD: GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD; 8 mm OD: GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD PSA / PSA-S inline flow control 4 mm OD: PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S; 6 mm OD: PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S; 8 mm OD: PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S; 10 mm OD: PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S; 12 mm OD: PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S GPSA inline flow control 4 mm OD: GPSA4,GPSA4D; 6 mm OD: GPSA6,GPSA6D; 8 mm OD: GPSA8,GPSA8D; 10 mm OD: GPSA10,GPSA10D; 12 mm OD: GPSA12,GPSA12D PPA plug-in valve-exhaust silencer 6 mm OD: PPA6; 8 mm OD: PPA8; 10 mm OD: PPA10; 12 mm OD: PPA12 US98A / UE95A PU tubing 4 × 2.5 mm OD × ID: US98A040025100MBU,UE95A040025100MBU; 6 × 4 mm OD × ID: US98A060040100MBU,UE95A060040100MBU; 8 × 5 mm OD × ID: US98A080050100MBU,UE95A080050100MBU; 10 × 6.5 mm OD × ID: US98A100065100MBU,UE95A100065100MBU; 12 × 8 mm OD × ID: US98A120080100MBU,UE95A120080100MBU ASC separate inline threaded flow control ASC10006G GAFR upstream filter/regulator GAFR20006SG Separately selected alternatives; no supplied-kit or stock promise. Connect both SCJ32 working ports with actual G1/8 fittings and correct seals. Check insertion depth, wrench/rotation clearance, flow and tube loads. PT/G/NPT are not interchangeable; G needs the correct face seal/mating surface. M10 × 1.25 is the rod thread, not an air port. Use suitable soft nylon/PU and match OD; compression fittings also need the listed ID. Where offered: D = black, blank = grey, -M = miniature; -S identifies specified 304 stainless parts, not an all-stainless cylinder/circuit. GPHF: male and extra female G1/8 connections; connect or permissibly seal the female branch, which is not a tube socket. Never bridge chambers or unrelated controls with tees, Y/cross/distributors. Ordinary push-in fittings/flow controls: 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. GBPC: 0–0.9 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.9 MPa, 0–70 °C. GBKC/GBB/GBZ: 0–1 MPa, 0–150 °C; SCJ path 0.15–1 MPa, 0–70 °C. Apply lower valve/tube/sensor limits. Component vacuum ratings do not rate a vacuum cylinder assembly. GBKC0806-01 takes 8 × 5.5 or 8 × 6 mm tube; 8 × 5 mm needs GBKC0805-01. Install threads using the body hex, not the tube nut; insert tube fully before tightening. GBB has two male ends; match its labelled second end to a female component. GBZ is only for permitted unused auxiliary connections, never active cylinder ports. Cylinder-end A controls thread → tube exhaust (meter-out), with free reverse supply; B controls tube → cylinder supply (meter-in). A is usual for double-acting exhaust control; B needs a designed meter-in circuit. Start closed/open slowly; not safety isolation. GPTL1/8 cap adjustment: 0.08 N·m recommended, not pipe-thread torque. PSA/PSA-S/GPSA: threadless metric tube-to-tube, no A/B suffix; match both ODs/flow symbol. GPSA does not mean G thread. PPA6/8/10/12: plain 6/8/10/12 mm stems for matching metric push-in sockets on separate valve exhaust; POM body/cap, PE filter, 0–1 MPa, −20–70 °C. The 25 dB at 0.5 MPa catalog test is not a site-noise promise. No D/thread suffix. PPA/threaded silencers are not cylinder-port parts, inlet filters or shutoffs. Match exhaust thread/flow/backpressure; GBESL adjustment changes backpressure. ASC: separate inline control, two female ports needing male fittings. Follow P/A/check-throttle symbols. Component 0.05–0.95 MPa, −20–70 °C; SCJ path 0.15–0.95 MPa or narrower. GAFR20006SG: separate upstream filter/regulator, 40 µm element, PC bowl, manual/differential-pressure drain, bracket/gauge. Inlet ≤1 MPa; setting 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70 °C, non-freezing. Check flow, pressure drop, condensate, bowl environment and downstream limits. Not cylinder-mounted or a vacuum regulator. US98A/UE95A: blue 100 m coil examples, not supplied cut lengths; 1 MPa at 23 °C, with temperature derating. US98A −20–70 °C; UE95A −40–70 °C; apply lower assembly limits. Match OD/ID, bend radius, routing and flow. Extra 4/10/12 mm ODs do not inherit the 6 × 4 / 8 × 5 speed references. Directional-Valve and Tubing Examples SCJ has two working air ports and equal-diameter rods on both sides. These valve and tubing examples are separate circuit components; select flow using the SCJ annular pressure area, actual load, adjusted travel, piping losses and exhaust backpressure. The general bore-based selection chart does not guarantee an achieved SCJ speed or establish a directly mounted valve assembly. G1/8 examples: 4V11006BG, 4V12006BG, 4V21006BG, 4V22006BG, 4A11006G, 4A12006G, 4A21006G, 4A22006G. Valve P/A/B and R/S are G1/8 in these06 examples. Separately piped 5V PT examples: 5V11006B050, 5V12006B050, 5V21006B050, 5V22006B050. Their PT ports require their own correctly threaded fittings; a G cylinder does not change valve thread. These are separately ordered circuit examples, not included parts or a speed guarantee. B means DC24V; the cylinder SKU does not select valve voltage. 10/20 are single/double actuation. Listed 5V uses 050 (0.5 m leads), internal pilot and PT ports only; no G or NPT 5V code is inferred. Listed 4V uses default DIN entry and internal pilot; I flying-lead or -W external-pilot variants are not these examples. 4A requires independent pneumatic pilot commands and has no coil voltage; confirm the actual pilot-port thread and pilot-air supply separately. The listed valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa with 40 µm filtered air, below the cylinder maximum of 1.0 MPa. Confirm actual flow, switching logic, temperature, exhaust backpressure and the lowest component rating. Blue 100 m coil examples: PA6060040100MBU (PA6, 6×4 mm, -10 to 70°C,3 MPa at 23°C,min bend 45 mm); PA12060040100MBU (PA12, 6×4 mm, -40 to 70°C,2 MPa at 23°C,min bend 35 mm); UN54D060040100MBU (flame-resistant, 6×4 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 12 mm); UN54D080050100MBU (flame-resistant, 8×5 mm, -20 to 70°C,1 MPa at 23°C,min bend 18 mm). Pressure derates with temperature; select compatible fittings and actual required length. These are supply-pack examples, not included cut lengths. The reviewed nylon table does not establish an 8×5 mm option; 8×6 is different. Flame resistance is not a fireproof-system claim. M5 entries in the bore-based chart concern separate valve connections, not SCJ cylinder ports. 4M entries require a NAMUR interface; no SCJ mounting/adapter compatibility is established.

  Read more less

  $455.91

  View options

Show more products